elf: Don't merge .note.gnu.property section in IR
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1781 {
1782 if (!ignore_first)
1783 assign = where;
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 }
1786 }
1787 continue;
1788 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_input_section_enum:
1790 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1794 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1795 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1796 assign = NULL;
1797 ignore_first = FALSE;
1798 continue;
1799 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1800 if (assign != NULL)
1801 {
1802 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1803
1804 if (s == NULL
1805 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1806 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1807 where = assign;
1808 }
1809 break;
1810 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1814 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1815 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1816 continue;
1817 }
1818 break;
1819 }
1820
1821 return where;
1822 }
1823
1824 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1825 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1826 const char *secname,
1827 int constraint,
1828 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1829 struct orphan_save *place,
1830 etree_type *address,
1831 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1832 {
1833 lang_statement_list_type add;
1834 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1835 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1836
1837 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1838 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1839 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1840 if (after != NULL)
1841 {
1842 lang_list_init (&add);
1843 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1844 }
1845
1846 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1847 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1848 address = exp_intop (0);
1849
1850 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1851 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1852 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1853 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1854
1855 if (add_child == NULL)
1856 add_child = &os->children;
1857 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1858
1859 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1860 {
1861 const char *region = (after->region
1862 ? after->region->name_list.name
1863 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1864 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1865 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1866 : NULL);
1867 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1868 lma_region);
1869 }
1870 else
1871 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1872 NULL);
1873
1874 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1875 if (after != NULL)
1876 pop_stat_ptr ();
1877
1878 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1879 {
1880 asection *snew, *as;
1881 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1882 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1883
1884 snew = os->bfd_section;
1885
1886 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1887 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1888 if (place->section == NULL
1889 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1890 ->output_section_statement))
1891 {
1892 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1893
1894 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1895 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1896 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1897 output section. */
1898 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1899 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1900
1901 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1902 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1903 }
1904
1905 if (place->section == NULL)
1906 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1907
1908 as = *place->section;
1909
1910 if (!as)
1911 {
1912 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1913
1914 /* Unlink the section. */
1915 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1916
1917 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1918 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919 }
1920 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1921 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1922 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1923 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1924 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1925 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1926 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1927 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1928 {
1929 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1930 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1931 section after a note section, */
1932 asection *sec;
1933 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1934 should be placed. */
1935 asection *after_sec;
1936 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1937 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1938 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1939
1940 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1941
1942 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1943 ascending order. */
1944 after_sec = NULL;
1945 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1946 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1947 {
1948 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1949 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1950 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1951
1952 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1953 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1954 (sec != NULL
1955 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1956 sec = sec->next)
1957 if (sec != snew
1958 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1959 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1960 {
1961 if (!first_orphan_note)
1962 first_orphan_note = sec;
1963 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1964 after_sec = sec;
1965 }
1966 else if (first_orphan_note)
1967 {
1968 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1969 orphan note section. */
1970 break;
1971 }
1972
1973 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1974 be placed at the default location. */
1975 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1976 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1977 {
1978 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1979 alignments, place the section before all
1980 output orphan note sections. */
1981 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1982 insert_after = FALSE;
1983 }
1984 }
1985 else if (first_orphan_note)
1986 {
1987 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
1988 note sections. */
1989 after_sec_note = TRUE;
1990 after_sec = as;
1991 for (sec = as->next;
1992 (sec != NULL
1993 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1994 sec = sec->next)
1995 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1996 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1997 after_sec = sec;
1998 }
1999
2000 if (after_sec_note)
2001 {
2002 if (after_sec)
2003 {
2004 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2005 statement. */
2006 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2007 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2008 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2009 {
2010 next = stmt->next;
2011 if (insert_after)
2012 {
2013 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2014 {
2015 place_after = TRUE;
2016 found = TRUE;
2017 after = stmt;
2018 break;
2019 }
2020 }
2021 else
2022 {
2023 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2024 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2025 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2026 {
2027 place_after = TRUE;
2028 found = TRUE;
2029 after = stmt;
2030 break;
2031 }
2032 }
2033 }
2034
2035 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2036 statement. */
2037 if (!found)
2038 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2039 {
2040 if (insert_after)
2041 {
2042 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2043 {
2044 place_after = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 else
2050 {
2051 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2052 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2053 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2054 {
2055 place_after = TRUE;
2056 after = stmt;
2057 break;
2058 }
2059 }
2060 }
2061 }
2062
2063 if (after_sec == NULL
2064 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2065 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2066 {
2067 /* Unlink the section. */
2068 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2069
2070 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2071 prepend SNEW. */
2072 if (after_sec)
2073 {
2074 if (insert_after)
2075 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2076 after_sec, snew);
2077 else
2078 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2079 after_sec, snew);
2080 }
2081 else
2082 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2083 }
2084 }
2085 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2086 {
2087 /* Unlink the section. */
2088 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2089
2090 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 as, snew);
2093 }
2094 }
2095 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2096 {
2097 /* Unlink the section. */
2098 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099
2100 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2101 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2102 }
2103
2104 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2105 follow the one we've just added. */
2106 place->section = &snew->next;
2107
2108 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2109 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2110 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2111 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2112 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2113 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2114 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2115 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2116 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2117 if (add.head != NULL)
2118 {
2119 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2120
2121 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2122 if (place_after)
2123 {
2124 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2125
2126 *add.tail = *where;
2127 *where = add.head;
2128
2129 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2130 }
2131 else
2132 {
2133 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2134 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2135 *place->stmt = add.head;
2136 }
2137
2138 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2139 new list at the tail. */
2140 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2141 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2142
2143 /* Save the end of this list. */
2144 place->stmt = add.tail;
2145
2146 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2147 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2148 *os_tail = NULL;
2149 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2150 ((char *) place->os_tail
2151 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2152 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2153 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2154 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2155 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2156 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2157
2158 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2159 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2160 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2161 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2162 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2163 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2164 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2165 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2166 }
2167 }
2168 return os;
2169 }
2170
2171 static void
2172 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2173 {
2174 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2175
2176 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2177 return;
2178
2179 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2180
2181 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2182 {
2183 size_t len;
2184
2185 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2186 len = strlen (m->soname);
2187
2188 if (len >= 29)
2189 {
2190 print_nl ();
2191 len = 0;
2192 }
2193 while (len < 30)
2194 {
2195 print_space ();
2196 ++len;
2197 }
2198
2199 if (m->ref != NULL)
2200 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2201 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2202 }
2203 }
2204
2205 static void
2206 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2207 {
2208 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2209 minfo ("a");
2210
2211 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2212 minfo ("x");
2213
2214 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2215 minfo ("r");
2216
2217 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2218 minfo ("w");
2219
2220 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2221 minfo ("l");
2222 }
2223
2224 void
2225 lang_map (void)
2226 {
2227 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2228 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2229
2230 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2231 {
2232 asection *s;
2233
2234 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2235 || file->flags.just_syms)
2236 continue;
2237
2238 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2239 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2240 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2241 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2242 {
2243 if (!dis_header_printed)
2244 {
2245 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2246 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2247 }
2248
2249 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2250 }
2251 }
2252
2253 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2254 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2255 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2256
2257 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2258 {
2259 char buf[100];
2260 int len;
2261
2262 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2263
2264 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2265 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2266 len = strlen (buf);
2267 while (len < 16)
2268 {
2269 print_space ();
2270 ++len;
2271 }
2272
2273 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2274 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2275 {
2276 #ifndef BFD64
2277 minfo (" ");
2278 #endif
2279 if (m->flags)
2280 {
2281 print_space ();
2282 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2283 }
2284
2285 if (m->not_flags)
2286 {
2287 minfo (" !");
2288 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2289 }
2290 }
2291
2292 print_nl ();
2293 }
2294
2295 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2296
2297 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2298 {
2299 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2300 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2301 }
2302 lang_statement_iteration++;
2303 print_statements ();
2304
2305 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2306 config.map_file);
2307 }
2308
2309 static bfd_boolean
2310 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2311 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2312 {
2313 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2314 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2315 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2316 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2317 {
2318 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2319 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2320
2321 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2322 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2323 if (!ud)
2324 {
2325 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2326 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2327 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2328 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2329 }
2330 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2331 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2332
2333 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2334 def->entry = hash_entry;
2335 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2336 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2337 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2338 }
2339 return TRUE;
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Initialize an output section. */
2343
2344 static void
2345 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2346 {
2347 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2348 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2349
2350 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2351 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2352 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2353 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2354 s->name, flags);
2355 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2356 {
2357 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2358 " called %s: %E\n"),
2359 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2360 }
2361 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2362 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2363
2364 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2365 statement to avoid lookup. */
2366 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2367
2368 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2369 mention are initialized. */
2370 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2371 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2372
2373 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2374 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2375
2376 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2377 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2378 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2379 "section alignment");
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2383 initialized. */
2384
2385 static void
2386 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2387 {
2388 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2389 {
2390 case etree_assign:
2391 case etree_provide:
2392 case etree_provided:
2393 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2394 break;
2395
2396 case etree_binary:
2397 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2398 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2399 break;
2400
2401 case etree_trinary:
2402 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2403 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2404 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2405 break;
2406
2407 case etree_assert:
2408 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2409 break;
2410
2411 case etree_unary:
2412 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2413 break;
2414
2415 case etree_name:
2416 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2417 {
2418 case ADDR:
2419 case LOADADDR:
2420 case SIZEOF:
2421 {
2422 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2423
2424 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2425 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2426 init_os (os, 0);
2427 }
2428 }
2429 break;
2430
2431 default:
2432 break;
2433 }
2434 }
2435 \f
2436 static void
2437 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2438 {
2439 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2440
2441 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2442 discard all sections. */
2443 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2444 {
2445 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2446 return;
2447 }
2448
2449 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2450 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2451 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2452 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2453 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2454
2455 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2456 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2457 }
2458 \f
2459
2460 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2461 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2462
2463 static bfd_boolean
2464 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2465 {
2466 bfd_boolean discard;
2467 flagword flags = section->flags;
2468
2469 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2470 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2471
2472 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2473 sections from within the group. */
2474 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2475 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2476 discard = TRUE;
2477
2478 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2479 information. */
2480 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2481 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2482 discard = TRUE;
2483
2484 return discard;
2485 }
2486
2487 /* The wild routines.
2488
2489 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2490 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2491 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2492
2493 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2494 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2495
2496 void
2497 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2498 asection *section,
2499 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2500 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2501 {
2502 flagword flags = section->flags;
2503
2504 bfd_boolean discard;
2505 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2506 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2507
2508 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2509 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2510
2511 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2512 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2513 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2514 discard = TRUE;
2515
2516 if (discard)
2517 {
2518 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2519 {
2520 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2521 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2522 }
2523 return;
2524 }
2525
2526 if (sflag_info)
2527 {
2528 bfd_boolean keep;
2529
2530 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2531 if (!keep)
2532 return;
2533 }
2534
2535 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2536 return;
2537
2538 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2539 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2540 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2541 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2542 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2543 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2544 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2545
2546 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2547 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2548 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2549 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2550 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2551 {
2552 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2553 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2554 else
2555 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2556 }
2557 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2558 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2559
2560 switch (output->sectype)
2561 {
2562 case normal_section:
2563 case overlay_section:
2564 break;
2565 case noalloc_section:
2566 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2567 break;
2568 case noload_section:
2569 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2570 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2571 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2572 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2573 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2574 section. */
2575 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2576 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2577 else
2578 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2579 break;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2583 init_os (output, flags);
2584
2585 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2586 it from the output section. */
2587 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2588
2589 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2590 {
2591 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2592 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2593
2594 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2595 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2596 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2597 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2598 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2599 {
2600 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2601 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2602 }
2603 }
2604 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2605
2606 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2607 {
2608 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2609 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2610 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2611 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2612 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2613 link_info.output_bfd,
2614 output->bfd_section,
2615 &link_info);
2616 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2617 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2618 }
2619
2620 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2621 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2622 {
2623 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2624 output->block_value = 128;
2625 }
2626
2627 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2628 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2629
2630 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2631
2632 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2633 {
2634 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2635 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2636 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2637 section->map_tail.s = s;
2638 if (s != NULL)
2639 s->map_head.s = section;
2640 else
2641 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2642 }
2643
2644 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2645 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2646 new_section->section = section;
2647 }
2648
2649 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2650 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2651 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2652 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2653
2654 static lang_statement_union_type *
2655 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2656 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2657 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2658 asection *section)
2659 {
2660 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2661
2662 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2663 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2664 return NULL;
2665
2666 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2667 {
2668 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2669
2670 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2671 continue;
2672 ls = &l->input_section;
2673
2674 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2675 name. */
2676
2677 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2678 {
2679 const char *fn, *ln;
2680 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2681 int i;
2682
2683 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2684 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2685 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2686 archive. */
2687
2688 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2689 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2690 {
2691 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2692 fa = TRUE;
2693 }
2694 else
2695 {
2696 fn = file->filename;
2697 fa = FALSE;
2698 }
2699
2700 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2701 {
2702 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2703 la = TRUE;
2704 }
2705 else
2706 {
2707 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2708 la = FALSE;
2709 }
2710
2711 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2712 if (i > 0)
2713 continue;
2714 else if (i < 0)
2715 break;
2716
2717 if (fa || la)
2718 {
2719 if (fa)
2720 fn = file->filename;
2721 if (la)
2722 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2723
2724 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2725 if (i > 0)
2726 continue;
2727 else if (i < 0)
2728 break;
2729 }
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2733 looking at the sections for this file. */
2734
2735 if (sec != NULL
2736 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2737 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2738 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2739 break;
2740 }
2741
2742 return l;
2743 }
2744
2745 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2746 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2747
2748 static void
2749 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2750 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2751 asection *section,
2752 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2753 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2754 void *output)
2755 {
2756 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2757 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2758
2759 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2760
2761 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2762 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2763 return;
2764
2765 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2766
2767 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2768 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2769 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2770 of the current list. */
2771
2772 if (before == NULL)
2773 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2774 else
2775 {
2776 lang_statement_list_type list;
2777 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2778
2779 lang_list_init (&list);
2780 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2781
2782 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2783 be NULL. */
2784 if (list.head != NULL)
2785 {
2786 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2787
2788 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2789 *pp != before;
2790 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2791 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2792
2793 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2794 *pp = list.head;
2795 }
2796 }
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2800 are readonly. */
2801
2802 static void
2803 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2804 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2805 asection *section,
2806 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2807 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2808 void *output)
2809 {
2810 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2811
2812 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2813
2814 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2815 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2816 return;
2817
2818 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2819 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2820 }
2821
2822 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2823 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2824 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2825
2826 static lang_input_statement_type *
2827 lookup_name (const char *name)
2828 {
2829 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2830
2831 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2832 search != NULL;
2833 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2834 {
2835 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2836 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2837 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2838 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2839
2840 if (filename != NULL
2841 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2842 break;
2843 }
2844
2845 if (search == NULL)
2846 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2847 default_target, FALSE);
2848
2849 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2850 don't add this file. */
2851 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2852 return search;
2853
2854 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2855 return NULL;
2856
2857 return search;
2858 }
2859
2860 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2861
2862 struct excluded_lib
2863 {
2864 char *name;
2865 struct excluded_lib *next;
2866 };
2867 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2868
2869 void
2870 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2871 {
2872 const char *p = list, *end;
2873
2874 while (*p != '\0')
2875 {
2876 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2877 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2878 if (end == NULL)
2879 end = p + strlen (p);
2880 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2881 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2882 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2883 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2884 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2885 excluded_libs = entry;
2886 if (*end == '\0')
2887 break;
2888 p = end + 1;
2889 }
2890 }
2891
2892 static void
2893 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2894 {
2895 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2896
2897 while (lib)
2898 {
2899 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2900 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2901
2902 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2903 {
2904 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2905 return;
2906 }
2907
2908 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2909 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2910 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2911 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2912 {
2913 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2914 return;
2915 }
2916
2917 lib = lib->next;
2918 }
2919 }
2920
2921 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2922
2923 bfd_boolean
2924 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2925 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2926 {
2927 char **matching;
2928
2929 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2930 return TRUE;
2931
2932 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2933
2934 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2935 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2936 return TRUE;
2937
2938 if (trace_files || verbose)
2939 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2940
2941 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2942 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2943 {
2944 bfd_error_type err;
2945 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2946 extern FILE *yyin;
2947
2948 err = bfd_get_error ();
2949
2950 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2951 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2952 return TRUE;
2953
2954 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2955 {
2956 char **p;
2957
2958 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2959 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2960 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2961 einfo (" %s", *p);
2962 einfo ("%F\n");
2963 }
2964 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2965 || place == NULL)
2966 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2967
2968 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2969 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2970
2971 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2972 save_flags = input_flags;
2973 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2974
2975 push_stat_ptr (place);
2976 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2977 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2978 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2979 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2980 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2981 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2982
2983 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2984 parser_input = input_script;
2985 yyparse ();
2986 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2987
2988 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2989 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2990 again. */
2991 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2992 input_flags = save_flags;
2993 pop_stat_ptr ();
2994 fclose (yyin);
2995 yyin = NULL;
2996 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2997
2998 return TRUE;
2999 }
3000
3001 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3002 return TRUE;
3003
3004 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3005 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3006 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3007 which is used. */
3008 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3009 {
3010 default:
3011 break;
3012
3013 case bfd_object:
3014 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3015 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3016 break;
3017
3018 case bfd_archive:
3019 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3020
3021 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3022 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3023 {
3024 bfd *member = NULL;
3025 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3026
3027 for (;;)
3028 {
3029 bfd *subsbfd;
3030 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3031
3032 if (member == NULL)
3033 break;
3034
3035 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3036 {
3037 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3038 entry->the_bfd, member);
3039 loaded = FALSE;
3040 }
3041
3042 subsbfd = member;
3043 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3044 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3045 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3046 abort ();
3047
3048 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3049 substitute BFD for us. */
3050 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3051 {
3052 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3053 loaded = FALSE;
3054 }
3055 }
3056
3057 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3058 return loaded;
3059 }
3060 break;
3061 }
3062
3063 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3064 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3065 else
3066 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3067
3068 return entry->flags.loaded;
3069 }
3070
3071 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3072 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3073 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3074 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3075 the output section. */
3076
3077 static void
3078 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3079 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3080 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3081 {
3082 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3083
3084 if (s->handler_data[0]
3085 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3086 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3087 {
3088 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3089
3090 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3091
3092 tree = s->tree;
3093 if (tree)
3094 {
3095 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3096 s->tree = NULL;
3097 }
3098 }
3099 else
3100 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3101
3102 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3103 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3104 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3105 {
3106 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3107 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3108 default_common_section = output;
3109 break;
3110 }
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3114
3115 static int
3116 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3117 {
3118 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3119
3120 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3121 }
3122
3123 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3124
3125 static void
3126 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3127 {
3128 char c;
3129
3130 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3131 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3132
3133 *dest = 0;
3134 }
3135
3136 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3137 from haystack. */
3138
3139 static void
3140 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3141 {
3142 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3143
3144 if (haystack)
3145 {
3146 char *src;
3147
3148 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3149 *haystack++ = *src++;
3150
3151 *haystack = 0;
3152 }
3153 }
3154
3155 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3156 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3157
3158 static int
3159 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3160 {
3161 char *copy1;
3162 char *copy2;
3163 int result;
3164
3165 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3166 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3167
3168 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3169 stricpy (copy1, first);
3170 stricpy (copy2, second);
3171
3172 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3173 strcut (copy1, "big");
3174 strcut (copy1, "little");
3175 strcut (copy2, "big");
3176 strcut (copy2, "little");
3177
3178 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3179 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3180 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3181 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3182 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3183 {
3184 result *= 10;
3185 break;
3186 }
3187
3188 free (copy1);
3189 free (copy2);
3190
3191 return result;
3192 }
3193
3194 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3195 static const bfd_target *winner;
3196
3197 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3198 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3199 match to the original output target. */
3200
3201 static int
3202 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3203 {
3204 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3205
3206 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3207 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3208 return 0;
3209
3210 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3211 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3212 return 0;
3213
3214 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3215 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3216 return 0;
3217
3218 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3219 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3220 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3221 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3222 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3223 return 0;
3224
3225 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3226 if (winner == NULL)
3227 {
3228 winner = target;
3229 return 0;
3230 }
3231
3232 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3233 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3234 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3235 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3236 winner = target;
3237
3238 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3239 return 0;
3240 }
3241
3242 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3243
3244 static char *
3245 get_first_input_target (void)
3246 {
3247 char *target = NULL;
3248
3249 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3250 {
3251 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3252 && s->flags.real)
3253 {
3254 ldfile_open_file (s);
3255
3256 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3257 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3258 {
3259 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3260
3261 if (target != NULL)
3262 break;
3263 }
3264 }
3265 }
3266
3267 return target;
3268 }
3269
3270 const char *
3271 lang_get_output_target (void)
3272 {
3273 const char *target;
3274
3275 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3276 if (output_target != NULL)
3277 return output_target;
3278
3279 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3280 the default? */
3281 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3282 return current_target;
3283
3284 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3285 target = get_first_input_target ();
3286 if (target != NULL)
3287 return target;
3288
3289 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3290 return default_target;
3291 }
3292
3293 /* Open the output file. */
3294
3295 static void
3296 open_output (const char *name)
3297 {
3298 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3299
3300 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3301 line? */
3302 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3303 {
3304 /* Get the chosen target. */
3305 const bfd_target *target
3306 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3307
3308 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3309 if (target != NULL)
3310 {
3311 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3312
3313 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3314 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3315 else
3316 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3317
3318 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3319 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3320 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3321 this. */
3322 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3323 {
3324 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3325 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3326 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3327 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3328 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3329 else
3330 {
3331 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3332 the default target, but which has the desired
3333 endian characteristic. */
3334 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3335 (void *) target);
3336
3337 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3338 satisfy our requirements. */
3339 if (winner == NULL)
3340 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3341 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3342 else
3343 output_target = winner->name;
3344 }
3345 }
3346 }
3347 }
3348
3349 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3350
3351 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3352 {
3353 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3354 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3355
3356 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3357 }
3358
3359 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3360
3361 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3362 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3363 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3364 ldfile_output_architecture,
3365 ldfile_output_machine))
3366 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3367
3368 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3369 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3370 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3371
3372 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3373 }
3374
3375 static void
3376 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3377 {
3378 switch (statement->header.type)
3379 {
3380 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3381 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3382 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3383 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3384 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3385 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3386 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3387 else
3388 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3389 if (config.text_read_only)
3390 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3391 else
3392 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3393 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3394 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3395 else
3396 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3397 break;
3398
3399 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3400 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3401 break;
3402 default:
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 }
3406
3407 static void
3408 init_opb (void)
3409 {
3410 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3411 ldfile_output_machine);
3412 opb_shift = 0;
3413 if (x > 1)
3414 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3415 {
3416 x >>= 1;
3417 ++opb_shift;
3418 }
3419 ASSERT (x == 1);
3420 }
3421
3422 /* Open all the input files. */
3423
3424 enum open_bfd_mode
3425 {
3426 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3427 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3428 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3429 };
3430 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3431 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3432 #endif
3433
3434 static void
3435 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3436 {
3437 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3438 {
3439 switch (s->header.type)
3440 {
3441 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3442 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3443 break;
3444 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3445 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3446 break;
3447 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3448 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3449 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3450 && s->wild_statement.filename
3451 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3452 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3453 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3454 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3455 break;
3456 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3457 {
3458 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3459
3460 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3461 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3462 symbols. */
3463
3464 do
3465 {
3466 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3467 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3468 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3469 }
3470 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3471 }
3472 break;
3473 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3474 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3475 break;
3476 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3477 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3478 {
3479 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3480 lang_statement_list_type add;
3481 bfd *abfd;
3482
3483 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3484
3485 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3486 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3487 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3488 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3489 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3490 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3491 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3492 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3493 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3494 #endif
3495 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3496 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3497 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3498 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3499 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3500 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3501 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3502 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3503 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3504 {
3505 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3506 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3507 }
3508
3509 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3510 lang_list_init (&add);
3511
3512 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3513 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3514
3515 if (add.head != NULL)
3516 {
3517 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3518 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3519 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3520 section statement list. Very likely the user
3521 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3522 naive user expectations. */
3523 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3524 {
3525 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3526 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3527 s->input_statement.filename);
3528 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3529 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3530 }
3531 else
3532 {
3533 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3534 s->header.next = add.head;
3535 }
3536 }
3537 }
3538 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3539 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3540 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3541 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3542 plugin_insert = NULL;
3543 #endif
3544 break;
3545 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3546 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3547 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3548 break;
3549 default:
3550 break;
3551 }
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3555 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3556 einfo ("%F");
3557 }
3558
3559 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3560 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3561 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3562 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3563 name to the symbol table. */
3564
3565 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3566
3567 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3568
3569 void
3570 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3571 {
3572 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3573
3574 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3575 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3576 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3577 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3578
3579 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3580
3581 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3582 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3583 }
3584
3585 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3586
3587 static void
3588 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3589 {
3590 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3591
3592 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3593 if (h == NULL)
3594 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3595 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3596 {
3597 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3598 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3599 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3600 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3601 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3602 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3603 }
3604 }
3605
3606 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3607 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3608 script file. */
3609
3610 static void
3611 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3612 {
3613 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3614
3615 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3616 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3617 }
3618
3619 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3620 be defined. */
3621
3622 struct require_defined_symbol
3623 {
3624 const char *name;
3625 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3626 };
3627
3628 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3629
3630 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3631
3632 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3633 defined. */
3634
3635 void
3636 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3637 {
3638 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3639
3640 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3641 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3642 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3643 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3644 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3645 }
3646
3647 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3648 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3649
3650 static void
3651 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3652 {
3653 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3654
3655 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3656 {
3657 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3658
3659 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3660 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3661 if (h == NULL
3662 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3663 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3664 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3665 }
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3669
3670 static void
3671 check_input_sections
3672 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3673 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3674 {
3675 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3676 {
3677 switch (s->header.type)
3678 {
3679 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3680 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3681 output_section_statement);
3682 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3683 return;
3684 break;
3685 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3686 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3687 output_section_statement);
3688 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3689 return;
3690 break;
3691 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3692 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3693 output_section_statement);
3694 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3695 return;
3696 break;
3697 default:
3698 break;
3699 }
3700 }
3701 }
3702
3703 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3704
3705 static void
3706 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3707 {
3708 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3709
3710 switch (sort_section)
3711 {
3712 default:
3713 FAIL ();
3714
3715 case none:
3716 break;
3717
3718 case by_name:
3719 case by_alignment:
3720 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3721 {
3722 switch (s->header.type)
3723 {
3724 default:
3725 break;
3726
3727 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3728 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3729 sec = sec->next)
3730 {
3731 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3732 {
3733 case none:
3734 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3735 break;
3736 case by_name:
3737 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3738 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3739 break;
3740 case by_alignment:
3741 if (sort_section == by_name)
3742 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3743 break;
3744 default:
3745 break;
3746 }
3747 }
3748 break;
3749
3750 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3751 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3752 break;
3753
3754 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3755 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3756 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3757 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3758 update_wild_statements
3759 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3760 break;
3761
3762 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3763 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3764 break;
3765 }
3766 }
3767 break;
3768 }
3769 }
3770
3771 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3772
3773 static void
3774 map_input_to_output_sections
3775 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3776 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3777 {
3778 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3779 {
3780 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3781 flagword flags;
3782
3783 switch (s->header.type)
3784 {
3785 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3786 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3787 break;
3788 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3789 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3790 target,
3791 os);
3792 break;
3793 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3794 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3795 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3796 {
3797 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3798 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3799 break;
3800 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3801 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3802 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3803 {
3804 tos->constraint = -1;
3805 break;
3806 }
3807 }
3808 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3809 target,
3810 tos);
3811 break;
3812 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3813 break;
3814 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3815 target = s->target_statement.target;
3816 break;
3817 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3818 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3819 target,
3820 os);
3821 break;
3822 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3823 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3824 are initialized. */
3825 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3826 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3827 these may be overridden by the script. */
3828 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3829 switch (os->sectype)
3830 {
3831 case normal_section:
3832 case overlay_section:
3833 break;
3834 case noalloc_section:
3835 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3836 break;
3837 case noload_section:
3838 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3839 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3840 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3841 else
3842 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3843 break;
3844 }
3845 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3846 init_os (os, flags);
3847 else
3848 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3849 break;
3850 case lang_input_section_enum:
3851 break;
3852 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3853 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3854 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3855 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3856 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3857 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3858 init_os (os, 0);
3859 break;
3860 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3861 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3862 init_os (os, 0);
3863
3864 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3865 are initialized. */
3866 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3867 break;
3868 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3869 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3870 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3871 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3872 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3873 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3874 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3875 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3876 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3877 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3878 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3879 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3880 {
3881 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3882
3883 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3884 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3885 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3886 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3887 will affect following script sections, which is
3888 likely to surprise naive users. */
3889 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3890 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3891 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3892 init_os (tos, 0);
3893 }
3894 break;
3895 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3896 break;
3897 }
3898 }
3899 }
3900
3901 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3902 start of the list and places them after the output section
3903 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3904 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3905 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3906
3907 static void
3908 process_insert_statements (void)
3909 {
3910 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3911 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3912 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3913 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3914
3915 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3916 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3917 reordered. */
3918 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3919 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3920 {
3921 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3922 {
3923 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3924 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3925 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3926
3927 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3928 last_os = os;
3929
3930 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3931 won't match this output section statement. At this
3932 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3933 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3934 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3935 if (first_os == NULL)
3936 first_os = last_os;
3937 }
3938 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3939 {
3940 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3941 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3942 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3943 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3944
3945 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3946 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3947 {
3948 do
3949 where = where->prev;
3950 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3951 }
3952 if (where == NULL)
3953 {
3954 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3955 return;
3956 }
3957
3958 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3959 if (last_os != NULL)
3960 {
3961 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3962 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3963
3964 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3965 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3966 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3967 {
3968 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3969 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3970 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3971 }
3972 else
3973 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3974 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3975 last_os->next = where->next;
3976 if (where->next == NULL)
3977 {
3978 next = &last_os->next;
3979 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3980 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3981 }
3982 else
3983 where->next->prev = last_os;
3984 first_os->prev = where;
3985 where->next = first_os;
3986
3987 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3988 first_sec = NULL;
3989 last_sec = NULL;
3990 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3991 {
3992 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3993 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3994 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3995 {
3996 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3997 if (first_sec == NULL)
3998 first_sec = last_sec;
3999 }
4000 if (os == last_os)
4001 break;
4002 }
4003 if (last_sec != NULL)
4004 {
4005 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4006 if (sec == NULL)
4007 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4008
4009 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4010 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4011 section or if the section is the same as our
4012 last section, then no move is needed. */
4013 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4014 {
4015 /* Trim them off. */
4016 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4017 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4018 else
4019 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4020 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4021 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4022 else
4023 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4024 /* Add back. */
4025 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4026 if (sec->next != NULL)
4027 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4028 else
4029 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4030 first_sec->prev = sec;
4031 sec->next = first_sec;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 first_os = NULL;
4036 last_os = NULL;
4037 }
4038
4039 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4040 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4041 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4042 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4043 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4044 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4045 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4046 *s = *ptr;
4047 if (*s == NULL)
4048 statement_list.tail = s;
4049 *ptr = first;
4050 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4051 }
4052 }
4053
4054 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4055 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4056 {
4057 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4058 if (os == last_os)
4059 break;
4060 }
4061 }
4062
4063 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4064 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4065 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4066
4067 void
4068 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4069 {
4070 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4071
4072 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4073 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4074 {
4075 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4076 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4077 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4078 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4079 }
4080
4081 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4082 os != NULL;
4083 os = os->next)
4084 {
4085 asection *output_section;
4086 bfd_boolean exclude;
4087
4088 if (os->constraint < 0)
4089 continue;
4090
4091 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4092 if (output_section == NULL)
4093 continue;
4094
4095 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4096 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4097 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4098 output_section));
4099
4100 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4101 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4102 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4103 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4104 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4105 {
4106 asection *s;
4107
4108 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4109 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4110 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4111 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4112 {
4113 exclude = FALSE;
4114 break;
4115 }
4116 }
4117
4118 if (exclude)
4119 {
4120 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4121 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4122 if (!os->update_dot)
4123 os->ignored = TRUE;
4124 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4125 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4126 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4127 }
4128 }
4129 }
4130
4131 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4132 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4133
4134 void
4135 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4136 {
4137 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4138
4139 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4140 return;
4141
4142 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4143 os != NULL;
4144 os = os->next)
4145 {
4146 asection *output_section;
4147
4148 if (os->constraint < 0)
4149 continue;
4150
4151 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4152 if (output_section == NULL)
4153 continue;
4154
4155 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4156 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4157 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4158 }
4159
4160 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4161 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4162 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 print_output_section_statement
4167 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4168 {
4169 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4170 int len;
4171
4172 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4173 {
4174 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4175
4176 if (section != NULL)
4177 {
4178 print_dot = section->vma;
4179
4180 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4181 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4182 {
4183 print_nl ();
4184 len = 0;
4185 }
4186 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4187 {
4188 print_space ();
4189 ++len;
4190 }
4191
4192 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4193
4194 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4195 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4196
4197 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4198 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4199 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4200 }
4201
4202 print_nl ();
4203 }
4204
4205 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4206 output_section_statement);
4207 }
4208
4209 static void
4210 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4211 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4212 {
4213 unsigned int i;
4214 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4215 etree_type *tree;
4216 asection *osec;
4217
4218 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4219 print_space ();
4220
4221 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4222 {
4223 is_dot = FALSE;
4224 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4225 }
4226 else
4227 {
4228 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4229
4230 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4231 if (!is_dot)
4232 expld.assign_name = dst;
4233 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4234 }
4235
4236 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4237 if (osec == NULL)
4238 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4239
4240 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4241 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4242 else
4243 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4244
4245 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4246 {
4247 bfd_vma value;
4248
4249 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4250 || is_dot
4251 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4252 {
4253 value = expld.result.value;
4254
4255 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4256 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4257
4258 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4259 if (is_dot)
4260 print_dot = value;
4261 }
4262 else
4263 {
4264 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4265
4266 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4267 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4268 if (h)
4269 {
4270 value = h->u.def.value;
4271 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4272 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4273
4274 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4275 }
4276 else
4277 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4278 }
4279 }
4280 else
4281 {
4282 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4283 minfo ("[!provide]");
4284 else
4285 minfo ("*undef* ");
4286 #ifdef BFD64
4287 minfo (" ");
4288 #endif
4289 }
4290 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4291
4292 minfo (" ");
4293 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4294 print_nl ();
4295 }
4296
4297 static void
4298 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4299 {
4300 if (statm->filename != NULL
4301 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4302 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4303 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4304 }
4305
4306 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4307 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4308
4309 static bfd_boolean
4310 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4311 {
4312 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4313
4314 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4315 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4316 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4317 {
4318 int i;
4319
4320 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4321 print_space ();
4322 minfo ("0x%V ",
4323 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4324 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4325 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4326
4327 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4328 }
4329
4330 return TRUE;
4331 }
4332
4333 static int
4334 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4335 {
4336 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4337 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4338
4339 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4340 return -1;
4341 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4342 return 1;
4343 else
4344 return 0;
4345 }
4346
4347 static void
4348 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4349 {
4350 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4351 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4352 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4353 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4354 unsigned int i;
4355
4356 if (!ud)
4357 return;
4358
4359 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4360
4361 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4362 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4363 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4364 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4365
4366 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4367 entries[i] = def->entry;
4368
4369 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4370 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4371
4372 /* Print the symbols. */
4373 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4374 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4375
4376 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4377 }
4378
4379 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4380
4381 static void
4382 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4383 {
4384 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4385 int len;
4386 bfd_vma addr;
4387
4388 init_opb ();
4389
4390 print_space ();
4391 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4392
4393 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4394 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4395 {
4396 print_nl ();
4397 len = 0;
4398 }
4399 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4400 {
4401 print_space ();
4402 ++len;
4403 }
4404
4405 if (i->output_section != NULL
4406 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4407 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4408 else
4409 {
4410 addr = print_dot;
4411 if (!is_discarded)
4412 size = 0;
4413 }
4414
4415 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4416
4417 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4418 {
4419 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4420 #ifdef BFD64
4421 len += 16;
4422 #else
4423 len += 8;
4424 #endif
4425 while (len > 0)
4426 {
4427 print_space ();
4428 --len;
4429 }
4430
4431 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4432 }
4433
4434 if (i->output_section != NULL
4435 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4436 {
4437 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4438 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4439 else
4440 print_all_symbols (i);
4441
4442 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4443 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4444 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4445 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4446 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4447 }
4448 }
4449
4450 static void
4451 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4452 {
4453 size_t size;
4454 unsigned char *p;
4455 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4456 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4457 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4458 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4459 }
4460
4461 static void
4462 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4463 {
4464 int i;
4465 bfd_vma addr;
4466 bfd_size_type size;
4467 const char *name;
4468
4469 init_opb ();
4470 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4471 print_space ();
4472
4473 addr = data->output_offset;
4474 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4475 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4476
4477 switch (data->type)
4478 {
4479 default:
4480 abort ();
4481 case BYTE:
4482 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4483 name = "BYTE";
4484 break;
4485 case SHORT:
4486 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4487 name = "SHORT";
4488 break;
4489 case LONG:
4490 size = LONG_SIZE;
4491 name = "LONG";
4492 break;
4493 case QUAD:
4494 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4495 name = "QUAD";
4496 break;
4497 case SQUAD:
4498 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4499 name = "SQUAD";
4500 break;
4501 }
4502
4503 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4504 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4505 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4506
4507 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4508 {
4509 print_space ();
4510 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4511 }
4512
4513 print_nl ();
4514
4515 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4516 }
4517
4518 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4519 -Ttext. */
4520
4521 static void
4522 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4523 {
4524 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4525 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4526 print_nl ();
4527 }
4528
4529 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4530
4531 static void
4532 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4533 {
4534 int i;
4535 bfd_vma addr;
4536 bfd_size_type size;
4537
4538 init_opb ();
4539 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4540 print_space ();
4541
4542 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4543 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4544 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4545
4546 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4547
4548 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4549
4550 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4551 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4552 else
4553 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4554
4555 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4556
4557 print_nl ();
4558
4559 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4560 }
4561
4562 static void
4563 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4564 {
4565 int len;
4566 bfd_vma addr;
4567
4568 init_opb ();
4569 minfo (" *fill*");
4570
4571 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4572 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4573 {
4574 print_space ();
4575 ++len;
4576 }
4577
4578 addr = s->output_offset;
4579 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4580 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4581 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4582
4583 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4584 {
4585 size_t size;
4586 unsigned char *p;
4587 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4588 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4589 }
4590
4591 print_nl ();
4592
4593 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4594 }
4595
4596 static void
4597 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4598 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4599 {
4600 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4601
4602 print_space ();
4603
4604 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4605 {
4606 name_list *tmp;
4607 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4608 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4609 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4610 minfo (") ");
4611 }
4612
4613 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4614 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4615 if (w->filename != NULL)
4616 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4617 else
4618 minfo ("*");
4619 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4620 minfo (")");
4621
4622 minfo ("(");
4623 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4624 {
4625 int closing_paren = 0;
4626
4627 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4628 {
4629 case none:
4630 break;
4631
4632 case by_name:
4633 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4634 closing_paren = 1;
4635 break;
4636
4637 case by_alignment:
4638 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4639 closing_paren = 1;
4640 break;
4641
4642 case by_name_alignment:
4643 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4644 closing_paren = 2;
4645 break;
4646
4647 case by_alignment_name:
4648 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4649 closing_paren = 2;
4650 break;
4651
4652 case by_none:
4653 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4654 closing_paren = 1;
4655 break;
4656
4657 case by_init_priority:
4658 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4659 closing_paren = 1;
4660 break;
4661 }
4662
4663 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4664 {
4665 name_list *tmp;
4666 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4667 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4668 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4669 minfo (") ");
4670 }
4671 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4672 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4673 else
4674 minfo ("*");
4675 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4676 minfo (")");
4677 if (sec->next)
4678 minfo (" ");
4679 }
4680 minfo (")");
4681
4682 print_nl ();
4683
4684 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4685 }
4686
4687 /* Print a group statement. */
4688
4689 static void
4690 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4691 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4692 {
4693 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4694 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4695 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4696 }
4697
4698 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4699 This can be called for any statement type. */
4700
4701 static void
4702 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4703 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4704 {
4705 while (s != NULL)
4706 {
4707 print_statement (s, os);
4708 s = s->header.next;
4709 }
4710 }
4711
4712 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4713 This can be called for any statement type. */
4714
4715 static void
4716 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4717 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4718 {
4719 switch (s->header.type)
4720 {
4721 default:
4722 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4723 FAIL ();
4724 break;
4725 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4726 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4727 {
4728 if (constructors_sorted)
4729 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4730 else
4731 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4732 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4733 }
4734 break;
4735 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4736 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4737 break;
4738 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4739 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4740 break;
4741 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4742 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4743 break;
4744 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4745 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4746 break;
4747 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4748 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4749 break;
4750 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4751 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4752 break;
4753 case lang_input_section_enum:
4754 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4755 break;
4756 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4757 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4758 break;
4759 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4760 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4761 break;
4762 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4763 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4764 break;
4765 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4766 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4767 break;
4768 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4769 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4770 if (output_target != NULL)
4771 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4772 minfo (")\n");
4773 break;
4774 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4775 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4776 break;
4777 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4778 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4779 break;
4780 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4781 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4782 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4783 s->insert_statement.where);
4784 break;
4785 }
4786 }
4787
4788 static void
4789 print_statements (void)
4790 {
4791 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4792 }
4793
4794 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4795 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4796 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4797 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4798
4799 void
4800 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4801 {
4802 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4803
4804 config.map_file = stderr;
4805
4806 if (n < 0)
4807 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4808 else
4809 {
4810 while (s && --n >= 0)
4811 {
4812 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4813 s = s->header.next;
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817 config.map_file = map_save;
4818 }
4819
4820 static void
4821 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4822 fill_type *fill,
4823 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4824 asection *output_section,
4825 bfd_vma dot)
4826 {
4827 static fill_type zero_fill;
4828 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4829
4830 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4831 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4832 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4833 if (pad != NULL
4834 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4835 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4836 {
4837 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4838 }
4839 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4840 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4841 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4842 {
4843 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4844 }
4845 else
4846 {
4847 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4848 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4849 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4850 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4851 *ptr = pad;
4852 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4853 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4854 if (fill == NULL)
4855 fill = &zero_fill;
4856 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4857 }
4858 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4859 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4860 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4861 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4862 - output_section->vma);
4863 }
4864
4865 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4866
4867 static bfd_vma
4868 size_input_section
4869 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4870 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4871 fill_type *fill,
4872 bfd_vma dot)
4873 {
4874 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4875 asection *i = is->section;
4876 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4877
4878 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4879 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4880 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4881 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4882 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4883 else
4884 {
4885 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4886
4887 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4888 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4889 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4890 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4891
4892 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4893 i->alignment_power
4894 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4895 "subsection alignment");
4896
4897 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4898 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4899
4900 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4901
4902 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4903 {
4904 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4905 dot += alignment_needed;
4906 }
4907
4908 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4909 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4910
4911 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4912 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4913 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4914 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4915 }
4916
4917 return dot;
4918 }
4919
4920 struct check_sec
4921 {
4922 asection *sec;
4923 bfd_boolean warned;
4924 };
4925
4926 static int
4927 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4928 {
4929 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4930 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4931
4932 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4933 return -1;
4934 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4935 return 1;
4936 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4937 return -1;
4938 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4939 return 1;
4940
4941 return 0;
4942 }
4943
4944 static int
4945 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4946 {
4947 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4948 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4949
4950 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4951 return -1;
4952 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4953 return 1;
4954 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4955 return -1;
4956 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4957 return 1;
4958
4959 return 0;
4960 }
4961
4962 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4963 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4964
4965 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4966 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4967
4968 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4969 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4970 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4971 region has overflowed. */
4972
4973 static void
4974 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4975 {
4976 asection *s, *p;
4977 struct check_sec *sections;
4978 size_t i, count;
4979 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4980 bfd_vma s_start;
4981 bfd_vma s_end;
4982 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4983 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4984 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4985 bfd_boolean overlays;
4986
4987 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4988 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4989 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4990 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4991 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4992 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4993 {
4994 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4995 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4996 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4997 s->name);
4998 else
4999 {
5000 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5001 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5002 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5003 s->name);
5004 }
5005 }
5006
5007 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5008 return;
5009
5010 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5011 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5012
5013 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5014 count = 0;
5015 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5016 {
5017 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5018 || s->size == 0)
5019 continue;
5020
5021 sections[count].sec = s;
5022 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5023 count++;
5024 }
5025
5026 if (count <= 1)
5027 {
5028 free (sections);
5029 return;
5030 }
5031
5032 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5033
5034 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5035 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5036 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5037 {
5038 s = sections[i].sec;
5039 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5040 {
5041 s_start = s->lma;
5042 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5043
5044 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5045 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5046 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5047 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5048 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5049 if (p != NULL
5050 && (s_start <= p_end
5051 || p_end < p_start))
5052 {
5053 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5054 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5055 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5056 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5057 }
5058 p = s;
5059 p_start = s_start;
5060 p_end = s_end;
5061 }
5062 }
5063
5064 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5065 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5066 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5067 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5068 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5069 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5070 overlays = FALSE;
5071 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5072 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5073 {
5074 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5075 if (p_start == s_start)
5076 {
5077 overlays = TRUE;
5078 break;
5079 }
5080 p_start = s_start;
5081 }
5082
5083 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5084 if (!overlays)
5085 {
5086 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5087 {
5088 s = sections[i].sec;
5089 s_start = s->vma;
5090 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5091
5092 if (p != NULL
5093 && !sections[i].warned
5094 && (s_start <= p_end
5095 || p_end < p_start))
5096 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5097 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5098 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5099 p = s;
5100 p_start = s_start;
5101 p_end = s_end;
5102 }
5103 }
5104
5105 free (sections);
5106
5107 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5108 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5109 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5110 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5111
5112 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5113 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5114 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5115 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5116 if (m->had_full_message)
5117 {
5118 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5119 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5120 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5121 over),
5122 m->name_list.name, over);
5123 }
5124 }
5125
5126 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5127 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5128 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5129 calculation wraps around. */
5130
5131 static void
5132 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5133 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5134 etree_type *tree,
5135 bfd_vma rbase)
5136 {
5137 if ((region->current < region->origin
5138 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5139 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5140 || rbase == 0))
5141 {
5142 if (tree != NULL)
5143 {
5144 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5145 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5146 region->current,
5147 os->bfd_section->owner,
5148 os->bfd_section->name,
5149 region->name_list.name);
5150 }
5151 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5152 {
5153 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5154
5155 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5156 os->bfd_section->owner,
5157 os->bfd_section->name,
5158 region->name_list.name);
5159 }
5160 }
5161 }
5162
5163 static void
5164 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5165 seg_align_type *seg)
5166 {
5167 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5168 {
5169 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5170 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5171 else
5172 {
5173 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5174 }
5175 }
5176 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5177 {
5178 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5179 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5180 else
5181 {
5182 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5183 }
5184 }
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5188
5189 static bfd_vma
5190 lang_size_sections_1
5191 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5192 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5193 fill_type *fill,
5194 bfd_vma dot,
5195 bfd_boolean *relax,
5196 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5197 {
5198 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5199
5200 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5201 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5202 {
5203 switch (s->header.type)
5204 {
5205 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5206 {
5207 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5208 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5209 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5210 int section_alignment = 0;
5211
5212 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5213 if (os->constraint == -1)
5214 break;
5215
5216 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5217 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5218 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5219 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5220 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5221 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5222 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5223 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5224 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5225 {
5226 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5227 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5228
5229 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5230 {
5231 dot = expld.result.value;
5232 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5233 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5234 }
5235 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5236 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5237 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5238 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5239 }
5240
5241 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5242 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5243 break;
5244
5245 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5246 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5247 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5248 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5249 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5250 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5251 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5252 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5253 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5254 {
5255 asection *input;
5256
5257 if (os->children.head == NULL
5258 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5259 || (os->children.head->header.type
5260 != lang_input_section_enum))
5261 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5262 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5263
5264 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5265 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5266 os->bfd_section,
5267 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5268 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5269 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5270 break;
5271 }
5272
5273 newdot = dot;
5274 dotdelta = 0;
5275 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5276 {
5277 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5278 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5279 }
5280 else
5281 {
5282 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5283 {
5284 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5285 from the region specification. */
5286 if (os->region == NULL
5287 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5288 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5289 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5290 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5291 {
5292 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5293 }
5294
5295 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5296 region, and some non default memory regions were
5297 defined, issue an error message. */
5298 if (!os->ignored
5299 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5300 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5301 && check_regions
5302 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5303 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5304 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5305 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5306 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5307 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5308 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5309 {
5310 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5311 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5312 default memory region we can end up creating an
5313 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5314 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5315 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5316 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5317 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5318 switch. */
5319 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5320 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5321 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5322 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5323 os->bfd_section));
5324 else
5325 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5326 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5327 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5328 os->bfd_section));
5329 }
5330
5331 newdot = os->region->current;
5332 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5333 }
5334 else
5335 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5336 "section alignment");
5337
5338 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5339 if (section_alignment > 0)
5340 {
5341 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5342 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5343
5344 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5345 if (dotdelta != 0
5346 && (config.warn_section_align
5347 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5348 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5349 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5350 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5351 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5352 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5353 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5354 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5355 }
5356
5357 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5358
5359 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5360 }
5361
5362 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5363 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5364
5365 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5366
5367 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5368 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5369 no output section should change from zero size
5370 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5371 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5372 input section was not sized early enough. */
5373 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5374 else
5375 {
5376 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5377
5378 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5379 align at the block boundary. */
5380 after = ((dot
5381 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5382 + os->block_value - 1)
5383 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5384
5385 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5386 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5387 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5388 }
5389
5390 /* Set section lma. */
5391 r = os->region;
5392 if (r == NULL)
5393 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5394
5395 if (os->load_base)
5396 {
5397 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5398 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5399 }
5400 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5401 {
5402 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5403
5404 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5405 lma += dotdelta;
5406 else
5407 {
5408 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5409 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5410 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5411 only align according to the value in the output
5412 statement. */
5413 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5414 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5415 "section alignment");
5416 if (section_alignment > 0)
5417 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5418 }
5419 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5420 }
5421 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5422 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5423 {
5424 bfd_vma lma;
5425 asection *last;
5426
5427 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5428
5429 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5430 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5431 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5432 create overlapping LMAs. */
5433 if (dot < last->vma
5434 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5435 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5436 {
5437 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5438 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5439 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5440 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5441 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5442
5443 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5444 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5445 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5446 }
5447 else
5448 {
5449 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5450 at the end of the previous section. */
5451 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5452 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5453
5454 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5455 as the previous section. */
5456 else
5457 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5458
5459 if (section_alignment > 0)
5460 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5461 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5462 }
5463 }
5464 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5465
5466 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5467 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5468 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5469 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5470 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5471 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5472 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5473 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5474 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5475 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5476 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5477 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5478 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5479 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5480 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5481 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5482 || (r->last_os == NULL
5483 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5484 || (r->last_os != NULL
5485 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5486 .bfd_section->vma)))
5487 && os->lma_region == NULL
5488 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5489 r->last_os = s;
5490
5491 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5492 break;
5493
5494 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5495 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5496 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5497 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5498 else
5499 dotdelta = 0;
5500 dot += dotdelta;
5501
5502 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5503 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5504
5505 /* Update dot in the region ?
5506 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5507 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5508 overall size in memory. */
5509 if (os->region != NULL
5510 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5511 {
5512 os->region->current = dot;
5513
5514 if (check_regions)
5515 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5516 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5517 os->bfd_section->vma);
5518
5519 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5520 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5521 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5522 {
5523 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5524
5525 if (check_regions)
5526 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5527 os->bfd_section->lma);
5528 }
5529 }
5530 }
5531 break;
5532
5533 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5534 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5535 output_section_statement,
5536 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5537 break;
5538
5539 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5540 {
5541 unsigned int size = 0;
5542
5543 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5544 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5545 s->data_statement.output_section =
5546 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5547
5548 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5549 need to mark them as needed. */
5550 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5551
5552 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5553 {
5554 default:
5555 abort ();
5556 case QUAD:
5557 case SQUAD:
5558 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5559 break;
5560 case LONG:
5561 size = LONG_SIZE;
5562 break;
5563 case SHORT:
5564 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5565 break;
5566 case BYTE:
5567 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5568 break;
5569 }
5570 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5571 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5572 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5573 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5574 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5575 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5576 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5577
5578 }
5579 break;
5580
5581 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5582 {
5583 int size;
5584
5585 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5586 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5587 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5588 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5589 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5590 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5591 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5592 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5593 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5594 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5595 }
5596 break;
5597
5598 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5599 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5600 output_section_statement,
5601 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5602 break;
5603
5604 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5605 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5606 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5607 break;
5608
5609 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5610 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5611 break;
5612
5613 case lang_input_section_enum:
5614 {
5615 asection *i;
5616
5617 i = s->input_section.section;
5618 if (relax)
5619 {
5620 bfd_boolean again;
5621
5622 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5623 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5624 if (again)
5625 *relax = TRUE;
5626 }
5627 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5628 fill, dot);
5629 }
5630 break;
5631
5632 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5633 break;
5634
5635 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5636 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5637 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5638
5639 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5640 break;
5641
5642 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5643 {
5644 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5645 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5646
5647 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5648
5649 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5650 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5651 &newdot);
5652
5653 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5654
5655 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5656
5657 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5658 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5659 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5660 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5661 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5662 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5663
5664 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5665 {
5666 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5667 {
5668 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5669 the default memory address. */
5670 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5671 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5672 }
5673 else if (newdot != dot)
5674 {
5675 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5676 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5677 assignment references dot. */
5678 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5679 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5680
5681 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5682 s = s->header.next;
5683
5684 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5685 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5686 user has explicitly stated that the section
5687 should not be allocated. */
5688 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5689 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5690 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5691 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5692 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5693 }
5694 dot = newdot;
5695 }
5696 }
5697 break;
5698
5699 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5700 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5701 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5702 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5703 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5704 will be added back in. */
5705 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5706
5707 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5708 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5709 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5710 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5711 a pad size of zero. */
5712 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5713 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5714 break;
5715
5716 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5717 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5718 output_section_statement,
5719 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5720 break;
5721
5722 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5723 break;
5724
5725 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5726 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5727 break;
5728
5729 default:
5730 FAIL ();
5731 break;
5732 }
5733 prev = &s->header.next;
5734 }
5735 return dot;
5736 }
5737
5738 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5739 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5740 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5741 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5742
5743 bfd_boolean
5744 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5745 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5746 asection *current_section,
5747 asection *previous_section,
5748 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5749 {
5750 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5751 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5752
5753 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5754 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5755 if (new_segment)
5756 return TRUE;
5757
5758 /* Paranoia checks. */
5759 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5760 return new_segment;
5761
5762 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5763 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5764 if (config.separate_code
5765 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5766 return TRUE;
5767
5768 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5769 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5770 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5771 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5772 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5773 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5774
5775 /* More paranoia. */
5776 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5777 return new_segment;
5778
5779 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5780 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5781 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5782 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5783 return cur->region != prev->region;
5784 }
5785
5786 void
5787 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5788 {
5789 lang_statement_iteration++;
5790 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5791 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5792 }
5793
5794 static bfd_boolean
5795 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5796 {
5797 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5798 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5799 bfd_vma first, last;
5800
5801 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5802 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5803 if (first && last
5804 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5805 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5806 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5807 {
5808 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5809 return TRUE;
5810 }
5811
5812 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5813 return FALSE;
5814 }
5815
5816 static bfd_vma
5817 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5818 {
5819 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5820 asection *sec;
5821
5822 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5823 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5824 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5825
5826 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5827 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5828
5829 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5830 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5831 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5832 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5833 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5834 {
5835 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5836 desired? */
5837 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5838
5839 end = start = sec->vma;
5840 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5841 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5842 bump = desired_end - end;
5843 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5844 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5845 start += bump;
5846 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5847 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5848 desired_end = start;
5849 }
5850
5851 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5852 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5853 seg->base = desired_end;
5854 return relro_end;
5855 }
5856
5857 static bfd_boolean
5858 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5859 {
5860 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5861 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5862 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5863
5864 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5865 {
5866 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5867 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5868 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5869 }
5870 else
5871 {
5872 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5873 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5874 }
5875
5876 if (do_data_relro)
5877 {
5878 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5879 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5880
5881 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5882 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5883 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5884 {
5885 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5886 do_reset = TRUE;
5887 }
5888 }
5889
5890 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5891 do_reset = TRUE;
5892
5893 return do_reset;
5894 }
5895
5896 void
5897 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5898 {
5899 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5900 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5901
5902 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5903
5904 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5905 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5906
5907 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5908 {
5909 bfd_boolean do_reset
5910 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5911
5912 if (do_reset)
5913 {
5914 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5915 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5916 }
5917
5918 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5919 {
5920 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5921 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5922 }
5923 }
5924 }
5925
5926 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5927 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5928 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5929
5930 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5931
5932 static bfd_vma
5933 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5934 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5935 fill_type *fill,
5936 bfd_vma dot,
5937 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5938 {
5939 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5940 {
5941 switch (s->header.type)
5942 {
5943 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5944 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5945 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5946 break;
5947
5948 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5949 {
5950 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5951 bfd_vma newdot;
5952
5953 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5954 os->after_end = *found_end;
5955 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5956 {
5957 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5958 {
5959 current_section = os;
5960 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5961 }
5962 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5963 }
5964 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5965 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5966 if (!os->ignored)
5967 {
5968 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5969 {
5970 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5971 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5972 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5973 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5974
5975 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5976 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5977 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5978 }
5979 else
5980 dot = newdot;
5981 }
5982 }
5983 break;
5984
5985 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5986
5987 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5988 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5989 break;
5990
5991 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5992 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5993 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5994 break;
5995
5996 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5997 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5998 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5999 {
6000 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6001 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6002 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6003 }
6004 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6005 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6006 {
6007 unsigned int size;
6008 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6009 {
6010 default:
6011 abort ();
6012 case QUAD:
6013 case SQUAD:
6014 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6015 break;
6016 case LONG:
6017 size = LONG_SIZE;
6018 break;
6019 case SHORT:
6020 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6021 break;
6022 case BYTE:
6023 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6024 break;
6025 }
6026 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6027 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6028 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6029 }
6030 break;
6031
6032 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6033 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6034 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6035 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6036 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6037 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6038 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6039 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6040 break;
6041
6042 case lang_input_section_enum:
6043 {
6044 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6045
6046 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6047 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6048 }
6049 break;
6050
6051 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6052 break;
6053
6054 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6055 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6056 break;
6057
6058 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6059 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6060 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6061 {
6062 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6063
6064 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6065 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6066
6067 while (*p == '_')
6068 ++p;
6069 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6070 *found_end = TRUE;
6071 }
6072 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6073 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6074 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6075 &dot);
6076 break;
6077
6078 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6079 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6080 break;
6081
6082 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6083 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6084 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6085 break;
6086
6087 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6088 break;
6089
6090 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6091 break;
6092
6093 default:
6094 FAIL ();
6095 break;
6096 }
6097 }
6098 return dot;
6099 }
6100
6101 void
6102 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6103 {
6104 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6105
6106 current_section = NULL;
6107 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6108 expld.phase = phase;
6109 lang_statement_iteration++;
6110 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6111 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6112 }
6113
6114 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6115 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6116 of "dot". */
6117
6118 asection *
6119 section_for_dot (void)
6120 {
6121 asection *s;
6122
6123 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6124 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6125 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6126 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6127 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6128 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6129 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6130 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6131 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6132 {
6133 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6134 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6135
6136 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6137 stmt != NULL;
6138 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6139 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6140 break;
6141
6142 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6143 while (os != NULL
6144 && !os->after_end
6145 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6146 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6147 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6148 os->bfd_section)))
6149 os = os->next;
6150
6151 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6152 {
6153 if (os != NULL)
6154 s = os->bfd_section;
6155 else
6156 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6157 while (s != NULL
6158 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6159 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6160 s = s->prev;
6161 if (s != NULL)
6162 return s;
6163
6164 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6165 }
6166 }
6167
6168 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6169
6170 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6171 while (s != NULL
6172 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6173 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6174 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6175 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6176 s = s->prev;
6177 if (s == NULL)
6178 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6179 while (s != NULL
6180 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6181 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6182 s = s->next;
6183 if (s != NULL)
6184 return s;
6185
6186 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6187 }
6188
6189 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6190
6191 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6192 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6193 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6194
6195 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6196 to start_stop_syms. */
6197
6198 static void
6199 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6200 {
6201 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6202
6203 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6204 if (h != NULL)
6205 {
6206 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6207 {
6208 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6209 start_stop_syms
6210 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6211 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6212 }
6213 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6214 }
6215 }
6216
6217 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6218 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6219 preliminary definitions. */
6220
6221 static void
6222 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6223 {
6224 bfd *abfd;
6225 asection *s;
6226 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6227
6228 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6229 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6230 {
6231 const char *ps;
6232 const char *secname = s->name;
6233
6234 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6235 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6236 break;
6237 if (*ps == '\0')
6238 {
6239 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6240
6241 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6242 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6243 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6244
6245 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6246 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6247 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6248
6249 free (symbol);
6250 }
6251 }
6252 }
6253
6254 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6255
6256 static void
6257 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6258 {
6259 size_t i;
6260
6261 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6262 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6263 }
6264
6265 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6266 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6267 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6268 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6269 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6270
6271 static void
6272 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6273 {
6274 if (h->ldscript_def)
6275 return;
6276
6277 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6278 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6279 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6280 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6281 {
6282 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6283 h->u.def.section->name);
6284 if (sec != NULL)
6285 {
6286 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6287 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6288 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6289 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6290 if there is still an output section with section name
6291 SECNAME. */
6292 asection *i;
6293 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6294 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6295 {
6296 h->u.def.section = i;
6297 return;
6298 }
6299 }
6300 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6301 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6302 }
6303 }
6304
6305 static void
6306 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6307 {
6308 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6312 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6313 preliminary definitions. */
6314
6315 static void
6316 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6317 {
6318 asection *s;
6319
6320 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6321 {
6322 const char *secname = s->name;
6323 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6324
6325 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6326 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6327
6328 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6329 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6330 free (symbol);
6331 }
6332 }
6333
6334 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6335
6336 static void
6337 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6338 {
6339 if (h->ldscript_def
6340 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6341 return;
6342
6343 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6344 {
6345 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6346 .startof. already has final value. */
6347 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6348 {
6349 /* .sizeof. */
6350 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6351 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6352 }
6353 }
6354 else
6355 {
6356 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6357 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6358
6359 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6360 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6361 {
6362 /* __stop_ */
6363 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6364 }
6365 }
6366 }
6367
6368 static void
6369 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6370 {
6371 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6372 }
6373
6374 static void
6375 lang_end (void)
6376 {
6377 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6378 bfd_boolean warn;
6379
6380 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6381 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6382 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6383 else
6384 warn = TRUE;
6385
6386 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6387 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6388 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6389 && link_info.gc_sections
6390 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6391 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6392 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6393 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6394
6395 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6396 {
6397 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6398 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6399 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6400 warn = FALSE;
6401 }
6402
6403 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6404 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6405 if (h != NULL
6406 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6407 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6408 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6409 {
6410 bfd_vma val;
6411
6412 val = (h->u.def.value
6413 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6414 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6415 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6416 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6417 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6418 }
6419 else
6420 {
6421 bfd_vma val;
6422 const char *send;
6423
6424 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6425 number. */
6426 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6427 if (*send == '\0')
6428 {
6429 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6430 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6431 }
6432 else
6433 {
6434 asection *ts;
6435
6436 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6437 the first address in the text section. */
6438 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6439 if (ts != NULL)
6440 {
6441 if (warn)
6442 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6443 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6444 entry_symbol.name,
6445 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6446 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6447 (link_info.output_bfd,
6448 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6449 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6450 }
6451 else
6452 {
6453 if (warn)
6454 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6455 " not setting start address\n"),
6456 entry_symbol.name);
6457 }
6458 }
6459 }
6460 }
6461
6462 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6463 BFD. */
6464
6465 static void
6466 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6467 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6468 {
6469 /* Don't do anything. */
6470 }
6471
6472 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6473 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6474 other checking that is needed. */
6475
6476 static void
6477 lang_check (void)
6478 {
6479 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6480 bfd *input_bfd;
6481 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6482
6483 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6484 {
6485 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6486 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6487 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6488 continue;
6489 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6490 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6491 compatible
6492 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6493 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6494
6495 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6496 link between differing object formats when the input
6497 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6498 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6499 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6500 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6501 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6502 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6503 && (compatible == NULL
6504 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6505 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6506 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6507 {
6508 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6509 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6510 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6511 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6512 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6513 }
6514
6515 if (compatible == NULL)
6516 {
6517 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6518 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6519 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6520 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6521 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6522 }
6523 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6524 {
6525 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6526 private data of the output bfd. */
6527
6528 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6529
6530 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6531 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6532 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6533 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6534 information which is needed in the output file. */
6535 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6536 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6537 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6538 {
6539 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6540 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6541 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6542 }
6543 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6544 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6545 }
6546 }
6547 }
6548
6549 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6550 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6551 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6552
6553 static void
6554 lang_common (void)
6555 {
6556 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6557 return;
6558 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6559 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6560 return;
6561
6562 if (!config.sort_common)
6563 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6564 else
6565 {
6566 unsigned int power;
6567
6568 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6569 {
6570 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6571 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6572
6573 power = 0;
6574 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6575 }
6576 else
6577 {
6578 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6579 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6580
6581 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6582 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6583 }
6584 }
6585 }
6586
6587 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6588
6589 static bfd_boolean
6590 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6591 {
6592 unsigned int power_of_two;
6593 bfd_vma size;
6594 asection *section;
6595
6596 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6597 return TRUE;
6598
6599 size = h->u.c.size;
6600 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6601
6602 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6603 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6604 return TRUE;
6605 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6606 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6607 return TRUE;
6608
6609 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6610 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6611 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6612 h->root.string);
6613
6614 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6615 {
6616 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6617 int len;
6618 char *name;
6619 char buf[50];
6620
6621 if (!header_printed)
6622 {
6623 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6624 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6625 header_printed = TRUE;
6626 }
6627
6628 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6629 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6630 if (name == NULL)
6631 {
6632 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6633 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6634 }
6635 else
6636 {
6637 minfo ("%s", name);
6638 len = strlen (name);
6639 free (name);
6640 }
6641
6642 if (len >= 19)
6643 {
6644 print_nl ();
6645 len = 0;
6646 }
6647 while (len < 20)
6648 {
6649 print_space ();
6650 ++len;
6651 }
6652
6653 minfo ("0x");
6654 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6655 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6656 else
6657 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6658 minfo ("%s", buf);
6659 len = strlen (buf);
6660
6661 while (len < 16)
6662 {
6663 print_space ();
6664 ++len;
6665 }
6666
6667 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6668 }
6669
6670 return TRUE;
6671 }
6672
6673 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6674 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6675 option are handled here. */
6676
6677 static void
6678 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6679 {
6680 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6681 {
6682 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6683 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6684 TRUE);
6685 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6686 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6687 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6688 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6689 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6690 }
6691 else
6692 {
6693 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6694 const char *name = s->name;
6695 int constraint = 0;
6696
6697 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6698 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6699 s, s->owner);
6700
6701 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6702 constraint = SPECIAL;
6703
6704 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6705 if (os == NULL)
6706 {
6707 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6708 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6709 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6710 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6711 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6712 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6713 }
6714
6715 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6716 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6717 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6718 s, s->owner, os->name);
6719 }
6720 }
6721
6722 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6723 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6724 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6725
6726 static void
6727 lang_place_orphans (void)
6728 {
6729 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6730 {
6731 asection *s;
6732
6733 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6734 {
6735 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6736 {
6737 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6738 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6739
6740 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6741 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6742 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6743 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6744 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6745 {
6746 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6747 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6748 with the wildcard. */
6749 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6750 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6751 {
6752 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6753 default_common_section
6754 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6755 TRUE);
6756 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6757 NULL, default_common_section);
6758 }
6759 }
6760 else
6761 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6762 }
6763 }
6764 }
6765 }
6766
6767 void
6768 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6769 {
6770 flagword *ptr_flags;
6771
6772 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6773
6774 while (*flags)
6775 {
6776 switch (*flags)
6777 {
6778 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6779 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6780 case '!':
6781 invert = !invert;
6782 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6783 break;
6784
6785 case 'A': case 'a':
6786 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6787 break;
6788
6789 case 'R': case 'r':
6790 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6791 break;
6792
6793 case 'W': case 'w':
6794 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6795 break;
6796
6797 case 'X': case 'x':
6798 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6799 break;
6800
6801 case 'L': case 'l':
6802 case 'I': case 'i':
6803 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6804 break;
6805
6806 default:
6807 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6808 *flags, *flags);
6809 break;
6810 }
6811 flags++;
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6816 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6817
6818 void
6819 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6820 {
6821 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6822
6823 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6824 f != NULL;
6825 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6826 func (f);
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6830 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6831 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6832
6833 void
6834 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6835 {
6836 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6837 {
6838 func (f);
6839 }
6840 }
6841
6842 void
6843 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6844 {
6845 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6846 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6847 &entry->next);
6848
6849 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6850 a link. */
6851 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6852 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6853
6854 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6855 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6856 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6857 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6858
6859 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6860 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6861 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6862 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6863 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6864 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6865 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6866 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6867 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6868
6869 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6870 }
6871
6872 void
6873 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6874 {
6875 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6876 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6877 {
6878 output_filename = name;
6879 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6880 }
6881 }
6882
6883 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6884 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6885 etree_type *address_exp,
6886 enum section_type sectype,
6887 etree_type *align,
6888 etree_type *subalign,
6889 etree_type *ebase,
6890 int constraint,
6891 int align_with_input)
6892 {
6893 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6894
6895 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6896 constraint, TRUE);
6897 current_section = os;
6898
6899 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6900 {
6901 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6902 }
6903 os->sectype = sectype;
6904 if (sectype != noload_section)
6905 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6906 else
6907 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6908 os->block_value = 1;
6909
6910 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6911 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6912
6913 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6914 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6915 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6916 NULL);
6917
6918 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6919 os->section_alignment = align;
6920
6921 os->load_base = ebase;
6922 return os;
6923 }
6924
6925 void
6926 lang_final (void)
6927 {
6928 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6929
6930 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6931 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6932 }
6933
6934 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6935
6936 void
6937 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6938 {
6939 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6940 asection *o;
6941 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6942
6943 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6944 {
6945 p->current = p->origin;
6946 p->last_os = NULL;
6947 }
6948
6949 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6950 os != NULL;
6951 os = os->next)
6952 {
6953 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6954 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6955 }
6956
6957 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6958 {
6959 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6960 o->rawsize = o->size;
6961 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6962 o->size = 0;
6963 }
6964 }
6965
6966 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6967
6968 static void
6969 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6970 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6971 asection *section,
6972 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6973 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6974 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6975 {
6976 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6977 should be as well. */
6978 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6979 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6983
6984 static void
6985 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6986 {
6987 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6988 {
6989 switch (s->header.type)
6990 {
6991 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6992 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6993 break;
6994 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6995 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6996 break;
6997 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6998 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6999 break;
7000 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7001 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7002 break;
7003 default:
7004 break;
7005 }
7006 }
7007 }
7008
7009 static void
7010 lang_gc_sections (void)
7011 {
7012 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7013 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7014
7015 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7016 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7017 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7018 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7019 {
7020 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7021 {
7022 asection *sec;
7023 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7024 if (f->flags.claimed)
7025 continue;
7026 #endif
7027 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7028 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7029 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7030 }
7031 }
7032
7033 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7034 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7038
7039 static void
7040 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7041 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7042 asection *section,
7043 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7044 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7045 void *data)
7046 {
7047 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7048 size. */
7049 if (section->output_section != NULL
7050 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7051 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7052 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7053 && section->size != 0)
7054 {
7055 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7056 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7057 }
7058 }
7059
7060 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7061
7062 static void
7063 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7064 seg_align_type *seg,
7065 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7066 {
7067 if (*has_relro_section)
7068 return;
7069
7070 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7071 {
7072 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7073 break;
7074
7075 switch (s->header.type)
7076 {
7077 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7078 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7079 find_relro_section_callback,
7080 has_relro_section);
7081 break;
7082 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7083 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7084 seg, has_relro_section);
7085 break;
7086 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7087 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7088 seg, has_relro_section);
7089 break;
7090 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7091 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7092 seg, has_relro_section);
7093 break;
7094 default:
7095 break;
7096 }
7097 }
7098 }
7099
7100 static void
7101 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7102 {
7103 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7104
7105 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7106
7107 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7108 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7109
7110 if (!has_relro_section)
7111 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7112 }
7113
7114 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7115
7116 void
7117 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7118 {
7119 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7120 {
7121 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7122 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7123
7124 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7125 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7126
7127 while (i--)
7128 {
7129 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7130 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7131
7132 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7133 do
7134 {
7135 link_info.relax_trip++;
7136
7137 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7138 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7139 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7140
7141 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7142 section sizes. */
7143 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7144
7145 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7146 size. */
7147 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7148
7149 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7150 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7151 relax_again = FALSE;
7152 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7153 }
7154 while (relax_again);
7155
7156 link_info.relax_pass++;
7157 }
7158 need_layout = TRUE;
7159 }
7160
7161 if (need_layout)
7162 {
7163 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7164 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7165 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7166 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7167 }
7168 }
7169
7170 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7171 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7172 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7173 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7174 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7175 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7176 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7177 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7178 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7179 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7180 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7181
7182 static lang_input_statement_type *
7183 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7184 {
7185 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7186 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7187 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7188 claim1 != NULL;
7189 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7190 {
7191 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7192 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7193 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7194 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7195 lastobject = claim1;
7196 }
7197 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7198 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7199 insert point. */
7200 return lastobject;
7201 }
7202
7203 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7204 added during a rescan. */
7205
7206 static lang_statement_union_type **
7207 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7208 {
7209 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7210 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7211 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7212 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7213 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7214
7215 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7216 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7217
7218 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7219 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7220 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7221 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7222 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7223 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7224 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7225 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7226 f != NULL;
7227 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7228 {
7229 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7230 {
7231 before = last_loaded;
7232 if (f->next != NULL)
7233 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7234 }
7235 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7236 last_loaded = f;
7237 }
7238
7239 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7240 *iter != NULL;
7241 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7242 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7243 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7244 break;
7245
7246 return iter;
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7250 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7251 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7252
7253 static void
7254 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7255 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7256 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7257 {
7258 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7259 *field = srclist->head;
7260 if (destlist->tail == field)
7261 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7262 }
7263
7264 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7265 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7266
7267 static void
7268 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7269 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7270 {
7271 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7272 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7273 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7274 savetail = origlist->tail;
7275 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7276 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7277 destlist->tail = savetail;
7278 *savetail = NULL;
7279 }
7280 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7281
7282 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7283
7284 void
7285 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7286 {
7287 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7288
7289 if (name == NULL)
7290 return;
7291
7292 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7293
7294 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7295 sym->name = name;
7296 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7297 }
7298
7299 /* Check relocations. */
7300
7301 static void
7302 lang_check_relocs (void)
7303 {
7304 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7305 {
7306 bfd *abfd;
7307
7308 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7309 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7310 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7311 {
7312 /* No object output, fail return. */
7313 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7314 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7315 continue the scan in case there are other
7316 bad relocations to report. */
7317 }
7318 }
7319 }
7320
7321 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7322 propagate forward the lma region. */
7323
7324 static void
7325 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7326 {
7327 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7328
7329 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7330 os != NULL;
7331 os = os->next)
7332 {
7333 if (os->prev != NULL
7334 && os->lma_region == NULL
7335 && os->load_base == NULL
7336 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7337 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7338 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7339 }
7340 }
7341
7342 void
7343 lang_process (void)
7344 {
7345 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7346 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7347 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7348
7349 current_target = default_target;
7350
7351 /* Open the output file. */
7352 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7353 init_opb ();
7354
7355 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7356
7357 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7358 lang_place_undefineds ();
7359
7360 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7361 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7362
7363 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7364 current_target = default_target;
7365 lang_statement_iteration++;
7366 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7367 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7368 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7369 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7370
7371 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7372 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7373 {
7374 lang_statement_list_type added;
7375 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7376
7377 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7378 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7379 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7380 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7381 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7382 file. */
7383 added = *stat_ptr;
7384 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7385 files = file_chain;
7386 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7387 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7388 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7389 plugin_error_plugin ());
7390 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7391 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7392 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7393 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7394 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7395 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7396 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7397 /* Were any new files added? */
7398 if (added.head != NULL)
7399 {
7400 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7401 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7402 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7403 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7404 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7405 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7406 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7407 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7408 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7409 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7410 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7411 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7412 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7413 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7414 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7415 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7416 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7417 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7418 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7419 else
7420 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7421
7422 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7423 files = file_chain;
7424 lang_statement_iteration++;
7425 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7426 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7427 while (files.head != NULL)
7428 {
7429 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7430 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7431 bfd *my_arch;
7432
7433 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7434 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7435 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7436 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7437 if (my_arch != NULL)
7438 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7439 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7440 break;
7441 temp = *insert;
7442 *insert = files.head;
7443 files.head = *iter;
7444 *iter = temp;
7445 if (my_arch != NULL)
7446 {
7447 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7448 if (parent != NULL)
7449 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7450 ((char *) iter
7451 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7452 }
7453 }
7454 }
7455 }
7456 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7457
7458 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7459 before now. */
7460 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7461
7462 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7463
7464 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7465 {
7466 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7467
7468 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7469 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7470 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7471 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7472 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7473 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7474 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7475 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7476 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7477 }
7478
7479 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7480 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7481
7482 ldemul_after_open ();
7483 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7484 lang_print_asneeded ();
7485
7486 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7487
7488 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7489 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7490 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7491 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7492 link. */
7493 lang_check ();
7494
7495 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7496 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7497 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7498
7499 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7500 files. */
7501 ldctor_build_sets ();
7502
7503 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7504 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7505 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7506 if (config.build_constructors)
7507 lang_init_start_stop ();
7508
7509 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7510 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7511 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7512 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7513
7514 /* Size up the common data. */
7515 lang_common ();
7516
7517 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7518 lang_gc_sections ();
7519
7520 /* Check relocations. */
7521 lang_check_relocs ();
7522
7523 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7524
7525 /* Update wild statements. */
7526 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7527
7528 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7529 to the correct output sections. */
7530 lang_statement_iteration++;
7531 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7532
7533 process_insert_statements ();
7534
7535 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7536 lang_place_orphans ();
7537
7538 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7539 {
7540 asection *found;
7541
7542 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7543 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7544 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7545 is hard then. */
7546 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7547
7548 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7549 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7550
7551 if (found != NULL)
7552 {
7553 if (config.text_read_only)
7554 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7555 else
7556 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7557 }
7558 }
7559
7560 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7561 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7562
7563 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7564 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7565 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7566 if (config.build_constructors)
7567 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7568
7569 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7570 dynamic symbols are created. */
7571 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7572 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7573
7574 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7575 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7576 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7577
7578 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7579 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7580 lang_record_phdrs ();
7581
7582 /* Check relro sections. */
7583 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7584 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7585
7586 /* Size up the sections. */
7587 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7588
7589 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7590 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7591 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7592
7593 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7594 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7595
7596 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7597 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7598 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7599 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7600 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7601 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7602
7603 ldemul_finish ();
7604
7605 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7606 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7607
7608 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7609 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7610 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7611
7612 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7613 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7614
7615 lang_end ();
7616 }
7617
7618 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7619
7620 void
7621 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7622 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7623 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7624 {
7625 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7626 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7627
7628 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7629 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7630 curr != NULL;
7631 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7632 {
7633 next = curr->next;
7634 curr->next = section_list;
7635 }
7636
7637 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7638 {
7639 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7640 filespec->name = NULL;
7641 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7642 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7643 }
7644
7645 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7646 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7647 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7648 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7649 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7650 if (filespec != NULL)
7651 {
7652 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7653 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7654 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7655 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7656 }
7657 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7658 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7659 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7660 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7661 }
7662
7663 void
7664 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7665 const segment_type *segment)
7666 {
7667 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7668
7669 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7670 ad->section_name = name;
7671 ad->address = address;
7672 ad->segment = segment;
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7676 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7677 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7678 precedence. */
7679
7680 void
7681 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7682 {
7683 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7684 || cmdline
7685 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7686 {
7687 entry_symbol.name = name;
7688 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7689 }
7690 }
7691
7692 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7693 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7694 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7695 must be permanently allocated. */
7696 void
7697 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7698 {
7699 entry_symbol_default = name;
7700 }
7701
7702 void
7703 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7704 {
7705 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7706
7707 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7708 new_stmt->target = name;
7709 }
7710
7711 void
7712 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7713 {
7714 while (*name)
7715 {
7716 switch (*name)
7717 {
7718 case 'F':
7719 map_option_f = TRUE;
7720 break;
7721 }
7722 name++;
7723 }
7724 }
7725
7726 void
7727 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7728 {
7729 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7730
7731 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7732 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7733 }
7734
7735 void
7736 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7737 {
7738 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7739
7740 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7741 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7742 new_stmt->type = type;
7743 }
7744
7745 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7746 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7747 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7748 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7749 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7750 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7751
7752 void
7753 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7754 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7755 asection *section,
7756 const char *name,
7757 union etree_union *addend)
7758 {
7759 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7760
7761 p->reloc = reloc;
7762 p->howto = howto;
7763 p->section = section;
7764 p->name = name;
7765 p->addend_exp = addend;
7766
7767 p->addend_value = 0;
7768 p->output_section = NULL;
7769 p->output_offset = 0;
7770 }
7771
7772 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7773 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7774 {
7775 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7776
7777 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7778 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7779 return new_stmt;
7780 }
7781
7782 void
7783 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7784 {
7785 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7786 }
7787
7788 void
7789 lang_startup (const char *name)
7790 {
7791 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7792 {
7793 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7794 }
7795 first_file->filename = name;
7796 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7797 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7798 }
7799
7800 void
7801 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7802 {
7803 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7804 }
7805
7806
7807 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7808 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7809
7810 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7811 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7812 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7813 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7814 had an explicit load address.
7815
7816 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7817
7818 static void
7819 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7820 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7821 const char *memspec,
7822 const char *lma_memspec,
7823 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7824 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7825 {
7826 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7827
7828 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7829 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7830 as well. */
7831 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7832 && !have_vma
7833 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7834 *region = *lma_region;
7835 else
7836 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7837
7838 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7839 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7840 NULL);
7841 }
7842
7843 void
7844 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7845 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7846 const char *lma_memspec)
7847 {
7848 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7849 &current_section->lma_region,
7850 memspec, lma_memspec,
7851 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7852 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7853
7854 current_section->fill = fill;
7855 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7856 pop_stat_ptr ();
7857 }
7858
7859 void
7860 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7861 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7862 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7863 {
7864 *(list->tail) = element;
7865 list->tail = field;
7866 }
7867
7868 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7869
7870 void
7871 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7872 const char *big,
7873 const char *little,
7874 int from_script)
7875 {
7876 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7877 {
7878 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7879 && big != NULL)
7880 format = big;
7881 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7882 && little != NULL)
7883 format = little;
7884
7885 output_target = format;
7886 }
7887 }
7888
7889 void
7890 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7891 {
7892 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7893
7894 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7895 new_stmt->where = where;
7896 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7897 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7901 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7902
7903 void
7904 lang_enter_group (void)
7905 {
7906 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7907
7908 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7909 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7910 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7911 }
7912
7913 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7914 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7915 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7916 but currently they can't. */
7917
7918 void
7919 lang_leave_group (void)
7920 {
7921 pop_stat_ptr ();
7922 }
7923
7924 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7925 command in a linker script. */
7926
7927 void
7928 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7929 etree_type *type,
7930 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7931 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7932 etree_type *at,
7933 etree_type *flags)
7934 {
7935 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7936 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7937
7938 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7939 n->next = NULL;
7940 n->name = name;
7941 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7942 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7943 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7944 n->at = at;
7945 n->flags = flags;
7946
7947 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7948
7949 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7950 if (hdrs
7951 && (*pp)->type == 1
7952 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7953 {
7954 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7955 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7956 hdrs = FALSE;
7957 }
7958
7959 *pp = n;
7960 }
7961
7962 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7963 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7964
7965 static void
7966 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7967 {
7968 unsigned int alc;
7969 asection **secs;
7970 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7971 struct lang_phdr *l;
7972 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7973
7974 alc = 10;
7975 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7976 last = NULL;
7977
7978 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7979 {
7980 unsigned int c;
7981 flagword flags;
7982 bfd_vma at;
7983
7984 c = 0;
7985 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7986 os != NULL;
7987 os = os->next)
7988 {
7989 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7990
7991 if (os->constraint < 0)
7992 continue;
7993
7994 pl = os->phdrs;
7995 if (pl != NULL)
7996 last = pl;
7997 else
7998 {
7999 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8000 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8001 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8002 continue;
8003
8004 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8005 if (l->type == 3)
8006 continue;
8007
8008 if (last == NULL)
8009 {
8010 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8011
8012 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8013 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8014 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8015 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8016 header and there are sections in that script which are
8017 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8018 use of that header. See here for more details:
8019 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8020 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8021 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8022 {
8023 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8024 break;
8025 }
8026 if (last == NULL)
8027 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8028 }
8029 pl = last;
8030 }
8031
8032 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8033 continue;
8034
8035 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8036 {
8037 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8038 {
8039 if (c >= alc)
8040 {
8041 alc *= 2;
8042 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8043 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8044 }
8045 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8046 ++c;
8047 pl->used = TRUE;
8048 }
8049 }
8050 }
8051
8052 if (l->flags == NULL)
8053 flags = 0;
8054 else
8055 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8056
8057 if (l->at == NULL)
8058 at = 0;
8059 else
8060 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8061
8062 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8063 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8064 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8065 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8066 }
8067
8068 free (secs);
8069
8070 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8071 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8072 os != NULL;
8073 os = os->next)
8074 {
8075 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8076
8077 if (os->constraint < 0
8078 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8079 continue;
8080
8081 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8082 pl != NULL;
8083 pl = pl->next)
8084 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8085 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8086 os->name, pl->name);
8087 }
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8091
8092 void
8093 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8094 {
8095 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8096
8097 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8098 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8099 n->list = l;
8100 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8101 nocrossref_list = n;
8102
8103 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8104 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8105 }
8106
8107 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8108
8109 void
8110 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8111 {
8112 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8113 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8114 }
8115 \f
8116 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8117
8118 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8119 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8120 /* And subsection alignment. */
8121 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8122
8123 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8124 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8125
8126 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8127
8128 struct overlay_list {
8129 struct overlay_list *next;
8130 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8131 };
8132
8133 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8134
8135 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8136
8137 void
8138 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8139 {
8140 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8141 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8142 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8143 && overlay_max == NULL);
8144
8145 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8146 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8147 }
8148
8149 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8150 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8151 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8152
8153 void
8154 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8155 {
8156 struct overlay_list *n;
8157 etree_type *size;
8158
8159 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8160 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8161
8162 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8163 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8164 used in the addresses. */
8165 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8166 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8167
8168 /* Remember the section. */
8169 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8170 n->os = current_section;
8171 n->next = overlay_list;
8172 overlay_list = n;
8173
8174 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8175
8176 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8177 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8178 overlay_max = size;
8179 else
8180 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8184 here. */
8185
8186 void
8187 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8188 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8189 {
8190 const char *name;
8191 char *clean, *s2;
8192 const char *s1;
8193 char *buf;
8194
8195 name = current_section->name;
8196
8197 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8198 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8199 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8200 override it. */
8201 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8202
8203 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8204
8205 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8206 s2 = clean;
8207 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8208 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8209 *s2++ = *s1;
8210 *s2 = '\0';
8211
8212 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8213 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8214 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8215 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8216 FALSE));
8217
8218 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8219 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8220 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8221 exp_binop ('+',
8222 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8223 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8224 FALSE));
8225
8226 free (clean);
8227 }
8228
8229 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8230 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8231
8232 void
8233 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8234 int nocrossrefs,
8235 fill_type *fill,
8236 const char *memspec,
8237 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8238 const char *lma_memspec)
8239 {
8240 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8241 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8242 struct overlay_list *l;
8243 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8244
8245 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8246 memspec, lma_memspec,
8247 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8248
8249 nocrossref = NULL;
8250
8251 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8252 overlay region. */
8253 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8254 {
8255 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8256 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8257 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8258 }
8259
8260 l = overlay_list;
8261 while (l != NULL)
8262 {
8263 struct overlay_list *next;
8264
8265 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8266 l->os->fill = fill;
8267
8268 l->os->region = region;
8269 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8270
8271 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8272 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8273 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8274 an LMA region was specified. */
8275 if (l->next == 0)
8276 {
8277 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8278 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8279 }
8280 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8281 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8282
8283 if (nocrossrefs)
8284 {
8285 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8286
8287 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8288 nc->name = l->os->name;
8289 nc->next = nocrossref;
8290 nocrossref = nc;
8291 }
8292
8293 next = l->next;
8294 free (l);
8295 l = next;
8296 }
8297
8298 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8299 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8300
8301 overlay_vma = NULL;
8302 overlay_list = NULL;
8303 overlay_max = NULL;
8304 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8305 }
8306 \f
8307 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8308
8309 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8310 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8311 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8312
8313 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8314 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8315 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8316 const char *sym)
8317 {
8318 const char *c_sym;
8319 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8320 const char *java_sym = sym;
8321 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8322 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8323
8324 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8325 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8326 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8327 if (!c_sym)
8328 c_sym = sym;
8329 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8330
8331 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8332 {
8333 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8334 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8335 if (!cxx_sym)
8336 cxx_sym = sym;
8337 }
8338 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8339 {
8340 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8341 if (!java_sym)
8342 java_sym = sym;
8343 }
8344
8345 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8346 {
8347 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8348
8349 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8350 {
8351 case 0:
8352 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8353 {
8354 e.pattern = c_sym;
8355 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8356 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8357 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8358 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8359 goto out_ret;
8360 else
8361 expr = expr->next;
8362 }
8363 /* Fallthrough */
8364 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8365 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8366 {
8367 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8368 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8369 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8370 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8371 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8372 goto out_ret;
8373 else
8374 expr = expr->next;
8375 }
8376 /* Fallthrough */
8377 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8378 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8379 {
8380 e.pattern = java_sym;
8381 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8382 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8383 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8384 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8385 goto out_ret;
8386 else
8387 expr = expr->next;
8388 }
8389 /* Fallthrough */
8390 default:
8391 break;
8392 }
8393 }
8394
8395 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8396 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8397 expr = head->remaining;
8398 else
8399 expr = prev->next;
8400 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8401 {
8402 const char *s;
8403
8404 if (!expr->pattern)
8405 continue;
8406
8407 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8408 break;
8409
8410 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8411 s = java_sym;
8412 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8413 s = cxx_sym;
8414 else
8415 s = c_sym;
8416 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8417 break;
8418 }
8419
8420 out_ret:
8421 if (c_sym != sym)
8422 free ((char *) c_sym);
8423 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8424 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8425 if (java_sym != sym)
8426 free ((char *) java_sym);
8427 return expr;
8428 }
8429
8430 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8431 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8432
8433 static const char *
8434 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8435 {
8436 const char *p;
8437 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8438 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8439
8440 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8441 {
8442 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8443 backslash. */
8444 if (backslash)
8445 {
8446 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8447 *(s - 1) = *p;
8448 backslash = FALSE;
8449 changed = TRUE;
8450 }
8451 else
8452 {
8453 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8454 {
8455 free (symbol);
8456 return NULL;
8457 }
8458
8459 *s++ = *p;
8460 backslash = *p == '\\';
8461 }
8462 }
8463
8464 if (changed)
8465 {
8466 *s = '\0';
8467 return symbol;
8468 }
8469 else
8470 {
8471 free (symbol);
8472 return pattern;
8473 }
8474 }
8475
8476 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8477 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8478 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8479
8480 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8481 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8482 const char *new_name,
8483 const char *lang,
8484 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8485 {
8486 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8487
8488 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8489 ret->next = orig;
8490 ret->symver = 0;
8491 ret->script = 0;
8492 ret->literal = TRUE;
8493 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8494 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8495 {
8496 ret->pattern = new_name;
8497 ret->literal = FALSE;
8498 }
8499
8500 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8501 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8502 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8503 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8504 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8505 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8506 else
8507 {
8508 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8509 lang);
8510 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8511 }
8512
8513 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8514 }
8515
8516 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8517 expressions. */
8518
8519 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8520 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8521 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8522 {
8523 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8524
8525 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8526 ret->globals.list = globals;
8527 ret->locals.list = locals;
8528 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8529 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8530 return ret;
8531 }
8532
8533 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8534
8535 static int version_index;
8536
8537 static hashval_t
8538 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8539 {
8540 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8541 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8542
8543 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8544 }
8545
8546 static int
8547 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8548 {
8549 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8550 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8551 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8552 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8553
8554 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8555 }
8556
8557 static void
8558 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8559 {
8560 size_t count = 0;
8561 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8562 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8563
8564 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8565 {
8566 if (e->literal)
8567 count++;
8568 head->mask |= e->mask;
8569 }
8570
8571 if (count)
8572 {
8573 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8574 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8575 list_loc = &head->list;
8576 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8577 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8578 {
8579 next = e->next;
8580 if (!e->literal)
8581 {
8582 *remaining_loc = e;
8583 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8584 }
8585 else
8586 {
8587 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8588
8589 if (*loc)
8590 {
8591 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8592
8593 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8594 last = NULL;
8595 do
8596 {
8597 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8598 {
8599 last = NULL;
8600 break;
8601 }
8602 last = e1;
8603 e1 = e1->next;
8604 }
8605 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8606
8607 if (last == NULL)
8608 {
8609 /* This is a duplicate. */
8610 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8611 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8612 /* free (e->pattern); */
8613 free (e);
8614 }
8615 else
8616 {
8617 e->next = last->next;
8618 last->next = e;
8619 }
8620 }
8621 else
8622 {
8623 *loc = e;
8624 *list_loc = e;
8625 list_loc = &e->next;
8626 }
8627 }
8628 }
8629 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8630 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8631 }
8632 else
8633 head->remaining = head->list;
8634 }
8635
8636 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8637 version. */
8638
8639 void
8640 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8641 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8642 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8643 {
8644 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8645 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8646
8647 if (name == NULL)
8648 name = "";
8649
8650 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8651 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8652 {
8653 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8654 " with other version tags\n"));
8655 free (version);
8656 return;
8657 }
8658
8659 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8660 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8661 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8662 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8663
8664 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8665 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8666
8667 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8668 aren't any duplicates. */
8669
8670 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8671 {
8672 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8673 {
8674 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8675
8676 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8677 {
8678 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8679 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8680 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8681 {
8682 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8683 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8684 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8685 e2 = e2->next;
8686 }
8687 }
8688 else if (!e1->literal)
8689 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8690 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8691 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8692 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8693 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8694 }
8695 }
8696
8697 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8698 {
8699 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8700 {
8701 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8702
8703 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8704 {
8705 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8706 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8707 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8708 {
8709 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8710 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8711 " in version information\n"),
8712 e1->pattern);
8713 e2 = e2->next;
8714 }
8715 }
8716 else if (!e1->literal)
8717 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8718 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8719 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8720 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8721 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8722 }
8723 }
8724
8725 version->deps = deps;
8726 version->name = name;
8727 if (name[0] != '\0')
8728 {
8729 ++version_index;
8730 version->vernum = version_index;
8731 }
8732 else
8733 version->vernum = 0;
8734
8735 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8736 ;
8737 *pp = version;
8738 }
8739
8740 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8741
8742 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8743 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8744 {
8745 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8746 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8747
8748 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8749 ret->next = list;
8750
8751 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8752 {
8753 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8754 {
8755 ret->version_needed = t;
8756 return ret;
8757 }
8758 }
8759
8760 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8761
8762 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8763 return ret;
8764 }
8765
8766 static void
8767 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8768 {
8769 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8770
8771 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8772 {
8773 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8774 char *contents, *p;
8775 bfd_size_type len;
8776
8777 if (sec == NULL)
8778 continue;
8779
8780 len = sec->size;
8781 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8782 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8783 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8784
8785 p = contents;
8786 while (p < contents + len)
8787 {
8788 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8789 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8790 }
8791
8792 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8793
8794 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8795 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8796 }
8797
8798 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8799 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8800 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8801 }
8802
8803 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8804
8805 static void
8806 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8807 {
8808 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8809
8810 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8811 {
8812 if (r->origin_exp)
8813 {
8814 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8815 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8816 {
8817 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8818 r->current = r->origin;
8819 }
8820 else
8821 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8822 r->name_list.name);
8823 }
8824 if (r->length_exp)
8825 {
8826 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8827 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8828 r->length = expld.result.value;
8829 else
8830 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8831 r->name_list.name);
8832 }
8833 }
8834 }
8835
8836 void
8837 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8838 {
8839 struct unique_sections *ent;
8840
8841 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8842 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8843 return;
8844
8845 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8846 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8847 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8848 unique_section_list = ent;
8849 }
8850
8851 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8852
8853 void
8854 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8855 {
8856 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8857 {
8858 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8859 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8860 ;
8861 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8862 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8863 }
8864 else
8865 {
8866 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8867
8868 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8869 d->head.list = dynamic;
8870 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8871 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8872 }
8873 }
8874
8875 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8876 one. */
8877
8878 void
8879 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8880 {
8881 const char *symbols[] =
8882 {
8883 "typeinfo name for*",
8884 "typeinfo for*"
8885 };
8886 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8887 unsigned int i;
8888
8889 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8890 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8891 FALSE);
8892
8893 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8894 }
8895
8896 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8897 existing one. */
8898
8899 void
8900 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8901 {
8902 const char *symbols[] =
8903 {
8904 "operator new*",
8905 "operator delete*"
8906 };
8907 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8908 unsigned int i;
8909
8910 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8911 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8912 FALSE);
8913
8914 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8915 }
8916
8917 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8918
8919 void
8920 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8921 {
8922 char *p, *q;
8923
8924 p = str;
8925 while (*p)
8926 {
8927 char sep;
8928 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8929 ++p;
8930 if (!*p)
8931 break;
8932 q = p + 1;
8933 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8934 ++q;
8935 sep = *q;
8936 *q = 0;
8937 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8938 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8939 else
8940 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8941 *q = sep;
8942 p = q;
8943 }
8944 }
8945
8946 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8947
8948 static void
8949 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8950 {
8951 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8952 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8953 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8954 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8955 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8956 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8957 else
8958 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8959 }
8960
8961 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8962
8963 void
8964 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8965 {
8966 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8967
8968 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8969 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8970 {
8971 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8972 double percent;
8973
8974 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8975 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8976 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8977
8978 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8979
8980 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8981 }
8982 }
This page took 0.297888 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.